{"title":"Gabriel Select Collection","description":"\u003cp\u003eGabriel Select is a Danish upholstery fabric for homes, hotels and offices. We offer 57 colorways of Gabriel Select. Gabriel fabrics are ordered from the mill for your piece: request a quote and we reply within 1 business day, with an 8 to 12 week lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect suits a contract look: a lobby bench, a restaurant banquette or a home office window seat. Colorways are listed by Gabriel's number (67093, 68209 and so on), so if a designer gave you a code, search for it here. Include the size and the number of pieces in your quote request so we can reply with a firm price.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60003","title":"Gabriel Select 60003 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60003\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps things simple, and that is part of its charm. This Danish upholstery fabric is 100% polyester and suited to homes and commercial spaces with lots of traffic. Use it for dining chair pads in an apartment, a hallway bench, or a nursery glider cushion. The clean, contemporary look works with almost any wood tone. Choose High Density foam for firm support or Super Soft for a gentler sit, and we will make it to your size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880536555755,"sku":"Select 60003","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60003.jpg?v=1772257777"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60005","title":"Gabriel Select 60005 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eOwners planning a restaurant refresh will find \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60005\u003c\/strong\u003e a durable choice for booth cushions. The fabric is 100% polyester, made by Gabriel for commercial dining rooms. Use it for booth seats, a long banquette wall, or a bar bench by the window. It fits a clean, modern room with tile floors and pendant lights. In-stock fabrics ship in about two weeks, and others take about four. We cut each restaurant cushion to size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880801878251,"sku":"Select 60005","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60005.jpg?v=1772267941"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60139","title":"Gabriel Select 60139 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMatching cushions for a pair of benches flanking a fireplace are easy in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60139\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, made for busy homes. Use it on hearth benches, built-ins on either side of the mantel, or a long seat under a TV wall. It suits a contemporary living room with stone, wood and soft lighting. We make paired cushions to the same measurements, so both sides match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880801911019,"sku":"Select 60139","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60139.jpg?v=1772268036"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60134","title":"Gabriel Select 60134 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA cushioned bench in a walk-in closet makes getting dressed a little nicer, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60134\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fine fabric for it. The 100% polyester cloth comes from Danish brand Gabriel and is made for steady use. Use it on a closet island bench, a dressing room seat, or a vanity stool. It works with white cabinetry, brass hardware and a soft rug. We make each closet bench cushion to your exact size, with optional piping for a neat edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880802140395,"sku":"Select 60134","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60134.jpg?v=1772268150"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60133","title":"Gabriel Select 60133 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a cozy corner in a dental or medical office, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60133\u003c\/strong\u003e is made for the traffic. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, rated for commercial and residential spaces. Use it for waiting room benches, a children's corner seat, or cushions on a row of lobby chairs. It keeps a calm, clean look that works with light wood and white walls. We cut medical office cushions to exact sizes and make them with zippered covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880857256171,"sku":"Select 60133","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60133.jpg?v=1772268218"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60132","title":"Gabriel Select 60132 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn attic bedroom with a low window often needs a knee wall bench cushion, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60132\u003c\/strong\u003e gives it a durable seat. This Danish-designed fabric is 100% polyester and built for steady use. Use it for an attic window seat, a dormer bench, or a low built-in under sloped ceilings. It suits a cozy, contemporary room with white walls and a few framed prints. We make low-profile cushions to your size, with your choice of foam thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880857288939,"sku":"Select 60132","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60132.jpg?v=1772268295"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60131","title":"Gabriel Select 60131 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBoutique owners can use \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60131\u003c\/strong\u003e for seating that looks good and wears well. This 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Danish brand Gabriel is designed for busy commercial spaces. Use it for a fitting room bench, a seat near the register, or a shoe-trying bench in a shoe store. It brings a clean, contemporary look to white walls and wood display shelves. We make retail seating cushions to exact sizes, with no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880858140907,"sku":"Select 60131","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60131.jpg?v=1772268380"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60130","title":"Gabriel Select 60130 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDining chairs in a busy home see breakfast, homework and dinner every day, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60130\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for that pace. It is a 100% polyester fabric from Gabriel, suited to residential and commercial use. Use it for seat cushions on Windsor chairs, parsons chairs, or a bench at the end of the table. It looks tidy with a simple farmhouse table and woven placemats. We make dining chair cushions to your seat shape, with ties and piping if you want them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880859058411,"sku":"Select 60130","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60130.jpg?v=1772268451"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60129","title":"Gabriel Select 60129 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA window seat in a stairwell or landing is a good job for \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60129\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is woven from 100% polyester and holds up well to everyday use. Use it on a stair landing seat, a narrow ledge by a tall window, or a small nook on a second floor. It suits a calm, contemporary home with white walls and a pale runner. We make landing cushions to any shape, trapezoid included, and finish each with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880859910379,"sku":"Select 60129","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60129.jpg?v=1772268620"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60051","title":"Gabriel Select 60051 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEvery family has the one chair everyone fights over, so give it a new cushion in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60051\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel stands up to daily use in homes and businesses. Use it for an armchair seat cushion, a recliner topper, or a pair of club chairs in a den. It brings a contemporary touch to leather, wood or painted frames. We make replacement chair cushions to exact measurements, in your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880860205291,"sku":"Select 60051","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60051.jpg?v=1772268696"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-60999","title":"Gabriel Select 60999 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCafes and tea rooms need seating that stays neat after many guests, which is what \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 60999\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for. Use it on window bar seats, a corner booth, or small round stools by the counter. It fits a bright, contemporary room with white tile and light wood tables. At home it suits a breakfast bar. We make cafe cushions to your exact sizes, including round, with zippered covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880860369131,"sku":"Select 60999","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_60999.jpg?v=1772268775"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61188","title":"Gabriel Select 61188 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eVintage benches found at estate sales often need just a new cushion, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61188\u003c\/strong\u003e gives them one in a durable, 100% polyester upholstery fabric. Use it to refresh an antique church pew, an old school bench, or a carved wood settle in a front hall. Its clean, contemporary look plays well against old wood and worn paint. Measure your bench, choose a foam, and we will cut the replacement bench cushion to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880865906923,"sku":"Select 61188","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61188.jpg?v=1772268873"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-62100","title":"Gabriel Select 62100 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRounding out our Select collection here, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 62100\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, built for busy homes and businesses. Use it on a set of custom seat cushions for a kitchen nook, a window bench in a sunroom, or a row of chairs in a meeting room. Its contemporary look fits light or dark wood. Tell us your exact sizes, any shape, and we will make each cushion with your choice of foam and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880865939691,"sku":"Select 62100","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_62100.jpg?v=1772268938"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61190","title":"Gabriel Select 61190 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWeekend homes and cabins call for simple, sturdy seating, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61190\u003c\/strong\u003e fits that brief. Use it on a cabin dining bench, a bunk room window seat, or a cushioned ledge by a wood stove. It looks right with knotty pine, wool blankets and iron lamps. Since it is an indoor fabric, keep it inside. We make cabin cushions to exact measurements, with ties to keep them in place on wood benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880866037995,"sku":"Select 61190","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61190.jpg?v=1772269008"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61189","title":"Gabriel Select 61189 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGabriel designs \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61189\u003c\/strong\u003e for busy homes and commercial rooms, and it shows. The 100% polyester fabric is made for heavy daily wear. Use it on dining chairs in a condo, a booth seat in a deli, or a bench in a school lobby. It suits a modern room with white walls and black metal frames. We make seat cushions in any shape, from round stool tops to long trapezoid benches, all to your exact measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880866463979,"sku":"Select 61189","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61189.jpg?v=1772269089"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61187","title":"Gabriel Select 61187 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a soft seat in a home gym or yoga room, cover the bench in \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61187\u003c\/strong\u003e, a 100% polyester fabric made for daily use. Use it on a changing bench, a stretching platform, or a meditation seat in a quiet corner. It suits a calm, contemporary room with light wood floors and plants. We make each cushion to your exact size, with your choice of foam, from firm High Density to Super Soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880870887659,"sku":"Select 61187","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61187.jpg?v=1772269183"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61186","title":"Gabriel Select 61186 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCorporate lobbies want seating that looks fresh for years, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61186\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric made for high-traffic commercial spaces. Use it for lobby bench pads, cushions on built-in seating along a glass wall, or seats in an elevator lobby. Its clean, contemporary look sits well with stone, steel and wood slats. We make lobby cushions to any size or quantity, each with a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880873017579,"sku":"Select 61186","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61186.jpg?v=1772269252"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61185","title":"Gabriel Select 61185 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a sitting area in a primary bedroom, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61185\u003c\/strong\u003e makes comfortable cushions that keep their shape. This upholstery fabric from Danish brand Gabriel is 100% polyester and built for daily use. Use it for a loveseat by the window, an accent chair, or a long bench under a TV. It works with soft neutrals, linen bedding and a light oak floor. We make bedroom seating cushions to exact size, with Luxury foam for a softer feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880873083115,"sku":"Select 61185","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61185.jpg?v=1772269344"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-61184","title":"Gabriel Select 61184 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFew seats get as much use as a kitchen banquette in a family home, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 61184\u003c\/strong\u003e is built to last there. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, designed for homes and commercial rooms. Use it for a banquette seat and back, a corner booth, or a long bench along a kitchen wall. It looks clean with painted cabinets and a wood table. We sew banquette cushions to your exact dimensions, with your choice of foam and piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880873804011,"sku":"Select 61184","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_61184.jpg?v=1772269432"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-62097","title":"Gabriel Select 62097 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA home office window seat is a good spot for \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 62097\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a durable, 100% polyester fabric from Gabriel, made for residential and commercial interiors. Use it on an office window ledge, a reading bench, or a seat for clients in a small studio. It brings a clean, contemporary feel to white oak desks and black task lamps. We make office cushions to any size, and zippered covers make them simple to take off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880873869547,"sku":"Select 62097","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_62097.jpg?v=1772269501"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-62104","title":"Gabriel Select 62104 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThink of \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 62104\u003c\/strong\u003e for the window seat you finally want to use. It is a polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, the Danish textile house, built for homes and busy commercial spaces alike. A custom window seat cushion in this fabric works in a bay window, an attic dormer or a reading corner under the stairs. Style it with a wool throw, a stack of linen pillows and simple white trim for a calm, modern look. Tell us your measurements, even for an angled bay, and choose High Density or Super Soft foam with optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880873902315,"sku":"Select 62104","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_62104.jpg?v=1772269586"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-62103","title":"Gabriel Select 62103 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA dining nook gets daily wear, which is why \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 62103\u003c\/strong\u003e makes sense as a banquette cushion. This Danish-designed upholstery fabric is woven from 100% high-performance polyester, so it handles breakfast spills, homework sessions and long dinners without looking tired. It sits well against painted shiplap, a pedestal table in white oak, or a row of brass pendants. Try it on a built-in kitchen bench or along a restaurant booth. We cut your cushion to the exact length and depth of the seat, then add a zippered cover and the foam you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880875540715,"sku":"Select 62103","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_62103.jpg?v=1772269672"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-62099","title":"Gabriel Select 62099 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLong banquettes in tasting rooms and wine bars need fabric that keeps its look, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 62099\u003c\/strong\u003e is made for that. This 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Danish brand Gabriel handles heavy commercial traffic. Use it on a tasting room bench, a lounge banquette, or high-top bar seating. It suits a clean room with dark wood and soft lighting. We make banquette cushions to any length, and piping can be added along the front edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880877375723,"sku":"Select 62099","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_62099.jpg?v=1772269832"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-63102","title":"Gabriel Select 63102 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigners who spec seating for lobbies and lounges often reach for Gabriel, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 63102\u003c\/strong\u003e shows why. This Danish-designed polyester fabric is made for both residential and commercial interiors. Order it as custom seat cushions for a waiting room bench, a hotel reception settee or a café window ledge. Pair it with walnut veneer, matte black frames and a terrazzo floor for a clean contemporary scheme. There is no minimum order, so one cushion or a full run of booths is fine, each cut to your exact dimensions with your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880879341803,"sku":"Select 63102","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_63102.jpg?v=1772270007"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-63101","title":"Gabriel Select 63101 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMudroom benches take a beating from wet boots and backpacks, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 63101\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sturdy 100% polyester upholstery fabric that stands up to that kind of traffic. Use it for an entry bench cushion beneath coat hooks, a hallway seat by the front door, or a laundry room perch. It looks right next to black iron hardware, slate tile and woven baskets in a modern farmhouse home. Each cushion is sewn to your bench size with a zipper so the cover comes off when needed, and you can add ties to keep it from sliding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880881635563,"sku":"Select 63101","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_63101.jpg?v=1772270107"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-64216","title":"Gabriel Select 64216 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eHere is a fabric for the bench at the foot of your bed: \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 64216\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed in Denmark and made from high-performance polyester, it holds its shape and look through years of sitting and folding laundry. A custom bench cushion in this fabric also suits a bedroom bay window or a dressing room ottoman top. Style it with a tufted headboard, linen bedding and soft brass sconces for a quiet, classic bedroom. Choose Super Soft foam for a plush seat or High Density for a firmer edge, and add piping if you like a crisp outline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880885272811,"sku":"Select 64216","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_64216.jpg?v=1772270241"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-64215","title":"Gabriel Select 64215 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRestaurant owners who need booth cushions that look good after a thousand covers can count on \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 64215\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric engineered for exactly that kind of commercial use. It works on booth backs and seats, bar banquettes and hostess-stand benches. At home, the same toughness suits a family-room window seat or a bench at the end of the bed. Pair it with dark-stained oak, Edison bulbs and concrete tops for an industrial feel. We cut every cushion to your drawings, with no minimum order and a zippered cover on each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880886354155,"sku":"Select 64215","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_64215.jpg?v=1772270384"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-64214","title":"Gabriel Select 64214 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eScandinavian rooms lean on simple shapes and good fabric, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 64214\u003c\/strong\u003e fits that thinking. Gabriel is a Danish textile maker, and this upholstery fabric is woven from high-performance polyester for long service. Use it on a slatted pine bench, a low daybed in a guest room, or chair pads for a set of bentwood dining chairs. Light birch, pale walls and a sheepskin throw keep the look relaxed. Your custom bench cushion is made to order in the exact size you give us, with Luxury foam or a Dacron wrap for a softer crown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880889139435,"sku":"Select 64214","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_64214.jpg?v=1772270520"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-64213","title":"Gabriel Select 64213 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a breakfast nook with a corner bench, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 64213\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a fabric that can keep up with family life. The 100% polyester weave is built for heavy use in homes and commercial spaces. Order an L-shape cushion for the corner, or two separate pieces that meet neatly. It looks fresh with white subway tile, a round oak table and rush-seat chairs. It also works for a sunroom daybed or a kids' craft corner. Send us the measurements of each side and we will cut the foam and sew the zippered covers to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880893137131,"sku":"Select 64213","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_64213.jpg?v=1772270633"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-64089","title":"Gabriel Select 64089 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf the cushion on your piano bench is flat and worn, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 64089\u003c\/strong\u003e is a good way to replace it. It is a durable upholstery fabric made from 100% high-performance polyester, designed by Gabriel in Denmark. Beyond the music room, it suits a vanity stool, a small hall bench or a pair of footstools in a classic living room. Set it against dark mahogany, a Persian rug and warm brass lamps. We make replacement cushions to the exact size of your seat, in any shape, with a zippered cover and optional welt piping for a tailored edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880894284011,"sku":"Select 64089","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_64089.jpg?v=1772270717"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-65117","title":"Gabriel Select 65117 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 65117\u003c\/strong\u003e is a strong choice for church pews, chapel benches and community hall seating. The fabric is 100% high-performance polyester, designed in Denmark to hold up in busy public spaces. Long pew cushions in this fabric add comfort without looking fussy, and the same material works for a choir bench or a lobby seat. It sits well with dark oak woodwork, stained glass light and stone floors. We can cut pew cushions in long runs to your exact lengths, with zippered covers and no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880895463659,"sku":"Select 65117","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_65117.jpg?v=1772270820"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-65116","title":"Gabriel Select 65116 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFew spots get more use than a family room daybed, so \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 65116\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical pick. This high-performance polyester fabric was designed by Gabriel for homes and heavy-traffic commercial spaces. A custom daybed cushion in it can double as a guest bed, a nap spot or extra movie-night seating. Add a mix of throw pillows, a jute rug and a rattan side table for an easy, modern look. We make it to your mattress or frame size, with High Density foam for support or Luxury foam for a softer feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880897069291,"sku":"Select 65116","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_65116.jpg?v=1772270908"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-65115","title":"Gabriel Select 65115 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eKitchen islands with a built-in bench are popular, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 65115\u003c\/strong\u003e is a smart fabric for that seat. It is a durable 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Danish design house Gabriel. Use it along an island bench, at a farmhouse trestle table or on a set of chair pads for ladder-back chairs. Butcher-block counters, white enamel pendants and a vintage runner set a warm, lived-in tone. Each kitchen bench cushion is cut to your measurements, with your choice of foam, a full zipper and piping if you want a tailored look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880899002603,"sku":"Select 65115","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_65115.jpg?v=1772271030"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-65114","title":"Gabriel Select 65114 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhen the old cushions on a built-in storage bench give out, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 65114\u003c\/strong\u003e makes a sensible replacement. Gabriel designs its fabrics in Denmark, and this one is a high-performance polyester built for daily use. It works well on hinged-lid toy benches in a playroom, a seat in a walk-in closet or a long bench in a family entry. Painted cabinetry, brushed nickel pulls and a striped runner give it a tidy, classic setting. We build each cushion to your exact size, with optional ties to hold it in place when the lid opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880900247787,"sku":"Select 65114","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_65114.jpg?v=1772271152"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-65077","title":"Gabriel Select 65077 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eOffice lounges and reading rooms both call for seating that stays neat, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 65077\u003c\/strong\u003e is up to it. This Gabriel upholstery fabric is 100% high-performance polyester, made for residential and commercial interiors. Use it for seat cushions on a built-in library bench, a conference room window ledge or a home office daybed. It pairs well with walnut shelving, leather-bound books and a black metal floor lamp. Every cushion is made to the measurements you send, in a rectangle, trapezoid or round, and finished with a zipper so the cover can be removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880900772075,"sku":"Select 65077","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_65077.jpg?v=1772271234"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-67098","title":"Gabriel Select 67098 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eStudio apartments need furniture that works hard, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 67098\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a durable fabric for it. It is a Danish-designed upholstery fabric made from high-performance polyester. Try it on a storage bench that doubles as seating, a daybed that turns into a sofa or a window ledge that holds books and a cushion. White walls, a black metal shelf and a pale rug keep a small space feeling open. Each cushion is made to the exact measurements you send, in any shape, with a zipper and the foam you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880902246635,"sku":"Select 67098","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_67098.jpg?v=1772271334"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-67097","title":"Gabriel Select 67097 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn RV dinette or camper bench calls for \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 67097\u003c\/strong\u003e, a hard-wearing 100% polyester upholstery fabric suited to travel, constant use and busy spaces. Use it to replace dinette seat and back cushions, a bunk bench in a tiny house or a fold-down seat in a van. Light wood paneling, simple brass fittings and a striped throw keep the space bright. We cut replacement cushions to your exact sizes and angles, with zippered covers and a choice of High Density or Luxury foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880902705387,"sku":"Select 67097","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_67097.jpg?v=1772271417"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66194","title":"Gabriel Select 66194 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe seats on a set of kitchen chairs can make or break a meal, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66194\u003c\/strong\u003e helps on the practical side. Gabriel designs this high-performance polyester upholstery fabric for homes and contract seating. Use it for chair cushions at a farmhouse table, a breakfast bar or a small apartment bistro set. Pair it with a pale oak table, simple glass pendants and white walls for a clean, modern look. Each chair cushion is made to your seat's exact outline, with ties, piping and a zipper if you want them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880904278251,"sku":"Select 66194","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66194.jpg?v=1772271504"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66193","title":"Gabriel Select 66193 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFloor cushions and low seating are an easy way to add spots for kids and guests, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66193\u003c\/strong\u003e is tough enough for that job. This 100% high-performance polyester upholstery fabric comes from Danish designer Gabriel. Use it for thick square floor cushions in a playroom, a low reading pad in a library corner or a lounge cushion in a dorm room. A wool rug, low shelves and a pendant lantern make a cozy setting. We build each cushion to your measurements with the foam and thickness you want, plus a removable zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880905031915,"sku":"Select 66193","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66193.jpg?v=1772271585"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66192","title":"Gabriel Select 66192 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMake the guest room more welcoming with \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66192\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Gabriel fabric is a sturdy high-performance polyester designed in Denmark, so it will look good long after the visitors leave. Use it for a window seat cushion, a cushion on a cedar chest or a long seat on a reading bench. Crisp white bedding, a woven headboard and a jute rug keep the room fresh and simple. We cut each custom cushion to your exact size, in any shape, and finish it with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880906670315,"sku":"Select 66192","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66192.jpg?v=1772271667"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66191","title":"Gabriel Select 66191 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBar stools and counter stools wear quickly, but \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66191\u003c\/strong\u003e is made for that kind of use. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric designed for residential and commercial interiors. Round seat cushions in this fabric suit a home bar, a kitchen counter or a brewery taproom. Stainless steel, black iron bases and a poured concrete counter make an easy industrial pairing. We make round cushions to your exact diameter, with your choice of foam thickness and optional ties to keep each one on the stool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880908210411,"sku":"Select 66191","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66191.jpg?v=1772271748"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66190","title":"Gabriel Select 66190 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you have a long bench on a back porch that is fully enclosed, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66190\u003c\/strong\u003e gives it a soft, durable seat. This is an indoor fabric, so keep it out of rain and standing water. It is 100% polyester from Danish brand Gabriel, made for busy rooms. Use it for an enclosed porch bench, a sunroom daybed, or a covered three-season room settee. It looks right with white wicker and painted floors. We cut the cushion to your size and add ties if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880910438635,"sku":"Select 66190","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66190.jpg?v=1772271859"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66189","title":"Gabriel Select 66189 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eOffice managers furnishing a new space can lean on \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66189\u003c\/strong\u003e for lounge seating. It is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Gabriel, made for heavy commercial use. Use it for a break room banquette, a phone booth bench, or a reception seat. It brings a crisp, contemporary feel to glass, plywood and white desks. We make office seating cushions in any quantity, cut to your exact sizes with zippered covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880912077035,"sku":"Select 66189","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66189.jpg?v=1772271947"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66144","title":"Gabriel Select 66144 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrom the Select range, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66144\u003c\/strong\u003e is a clean, contemporary upholstery fabric woven from 100% polyester. Gabriel designs it in Denmark for busy homes and commercial rooms. Use it for a breakfast nook bench, a set of counter stool pads, or a bench by the kitchen door. It pairs nicely with light oak, white quartz and a few green plants. We make each kitchen seat cushion to your measurements, with optional ties so pads stay where you put them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880917319915,"sku":"Select 66144","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66144.jpg?v=1772272032"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66075","title":"Gabriel Select 66075 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMid-century furniture often needs new seats, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66075\u003c\/strong\u003e works well as a replacement cushion fabric for it. Gabriel, a Danish textile house, makes this upholstery fabric from high-performance polyester for long life. Use it on a teak sofa frame with loose seat cushions, a walnut lounge chair or a low bench in a study. Brass details, a sunburst mirror and a shag rug fit the period. Send us the size of each original cushion and we will cut new foam, sew zippered covers and add welt piping if the design calls for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880921252075,"sku":"Select 66075","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66075.jpg?v=1772272209"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66071","title":"Gabriel Select 66071 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA sunroom full of plants and wicker deserves good seating, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66071\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fabric to consider for indoor use there. This Danish-designed upholstery is made from 100% high-performance polyester. Order replacement cushions for a wicker loveseat, a rattan armchair or a glider in a nursery corner. Light oak floors, airy curtains and potted ferns keep the feel easy. Every cushion is sewn to your frame's exact size, with a zippered cover, optional piping and the foam you choose, from Super Soft to High Density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880922988779,"sku":"Select 66071","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66071.jpg?v=1772272331"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-66005","title":"Gabriel Select 66005 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor durable dining chair cushions, try \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 66005\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Gabriel upholstery fabric woven from high-performance polyester to resist the wear of daily meals. Chair pads in this fabric suit Windsor chairs, a metal café set in a bright kitchen or the seats of a long farmhouse table. Pair them with a scrubbed pine top, ironstone plates and a simple linen runner. Each pad is made to the exact shape of your seat, including tapered trapezoid fronts, and you can add ties at the back posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880923087083,"sku":"Select 66005","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_66005.jpg?v=1772272407"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-67101","title":"Gabriel Select 67101 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePairs of armchairs with loose seat cushions are easy to refresh, and \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 67101\u003c\/strong\u003e is a good fabric to do it with. It is a Danish-designed polyester upholstery built for long service in homes and commercial spaces. Use it for replacement seat cushions on club chairs, a settee in a sitting room or a pair of slipper chairs. Pair it with a dark wood coffee table, brass lamps and a patterned wool rug. Send the dimensions of each cushion, including any T-shape front, and we will make new foam and zippered covers to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880923185387,"sku":"Select 67101","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_67101.jpg?v=1772272522"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-67100","title":"Gabriel Select 67100 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor a hallway or landing with an awkward nook, \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 67100\u003c\/strong\u003e can turn wasted space into a seat. This 100% high-performance polyester fabric comes from Gabriel, the Danish upholstery maker. Use it for a small landing bench, an under-stairs reading nook or an upstairs window seat. Painted trim, a gallery wall of prints and a runner rug give it a homey, classic setting. We make cushions in any shape, including trapezoids for angled walls, cut to your exact measurements with your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880923447531,"sku":"Select 67100","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_67100.jpg?v=1772272644"},{"product_id":"gabriel-select-68211","title":"Gabriel Select 68211 Custom Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eStart with \u003cstrong\u003eGabriel Select 68211\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are planning a full set of custom cushions for a new home. It is a durable 100% polyester upholstery fabric from Danish design house Gabriel, suited to both homes and contract work. Use one fabric across a kitchen banquette, a bedroom bench and a living room window seat for a consistent look. Light oak, linen and matte black hardware make an easy modern pairing throughout. Each cushion is sewn to its own exact measurements and shape, with your choice of foam and a removable zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for long-term performance, this premium upholstery fabric combines exceptional abrasion resistance, colorfastness, and structural integrity to ensure your investment maintains its elevated look for years. The refined texture and thoughtfully curated color palette offer the versatility to complement a wide spectrum of interiors—from clean, modern environments to richly layered, eclectic spaces. Designed to meet demanding contract standards, it delivers the dependability required for professional installations while preserving the tactile comfort essential for everyday seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect is a timeless wool upholstery fabric known for its outstanding durability, superior stretch, and natural resilience. It brings a distinct layer of functionality and classic sophistication to furniture, making it ideal for custom upholstery, sectionals, and accent pieces in high-traffic and heavy-use environments where performance and refined aesthetics are equally critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/strong\u003e - 100% Polyester\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us an Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom orders, we cut to within ±0.5″ of your measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash or dry cleaning, this is made of polyester which is a material suited for environments with special requirements for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for guidance relating to disinfection. \u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.gabrielfabrics.com\/products\/care-maintenance\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLink to stain guide.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gabriel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47880923971819,"sku":"Select 68211","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Select_68211.jpg?v=1772272733"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/en-au\/collections\/gabriel-select-collection.oembed","provider":"Fabrica Kraft ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}